blob: d3e03d797fc7726acda4ee4001d7d17a6507791d [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkb75190d2012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000057Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
58it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
59
60 make CHANGELOG
61
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000062
63Where to get help:
64==================
65
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000066In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
67U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050068<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
69on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
70Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
71http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000072
73
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010074Where to get source code:
75=========================
76
77The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
78git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
79http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
80
81The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020082any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010083available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
84directory.
85
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010086Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010087ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
88
89
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090Where we come from:
91===================
92
93- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000094- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000095- clean up code
96- make it easier to add custom boards
97- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
98- extend functions, especially:
99 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
100 * S-Record download
101 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200102 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000103- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000104- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000105- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200106- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000107
108
109Names and Spelling:
110===================
111
112The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
113"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
114in source files etc.). Example:
115
116 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
117
118File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
119
120 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
121
122 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
123
124Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
125the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
126
127 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
128 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000129
130
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131Versioning:
132===========
133
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200134Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
135were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
136into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
137names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
138Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
139releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200141Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000142 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200143 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
144 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000145
146
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000147Directory Hierarchy:
148====================
149
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/arch Architecture specific files
151 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
154 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000155 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200156 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
157 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500158 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
159 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
160 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
161 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
162 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
163 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
164 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
165 /lib Architecture specific library files
166 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
167 /cpu CPU specific files
168 /lib Architecture specific library files
169 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000172 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500173 /cpu CPU specific files
174 /lib Architecture specific library files
175 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
176 /cpu CPU specific files
177 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
178 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
179 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
180 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
181 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
183 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /lib Architecture specific library files
186 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200188 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800189 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000191 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
192 /cpu CPU specific files
193 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
194 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500195 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
196 /cpu CPU specific files
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200198 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
201 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
202 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
203 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500204 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
205 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
206 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
207 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
208 /lib Architecture specific library files
209 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
210 /cpu CPU specific files
211 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
212 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
213 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
214 /lib Architecture specific library files
215 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
216 /cpu CPU specific files
217 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
218 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
219 /lib Architecture specific library files
220/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
221/board Board dependent files
222/common Misc architecture independent functions
223/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
224/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
225/drivers Commonly used device drivers
226/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
227/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
228/include Header Files
229/lib Files generic to all architectures
230 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
231 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
232 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
233/net Networking code
234/post Power On Self Test
235/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
236/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000237
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000238Software Configuration:
239=======================
240
241Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
242rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
243
244There are two classes of configuration variables:
245
246* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
247 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
248 "CONFIG_".
249
250* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
251 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
252 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200253 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000254
255Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
256identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
257do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
258links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
259as an example here.
260
261
262Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
263---------------------------------------------------
264
265For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
266configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
267
268Example: For a TQM823L module type:
269
270 cd u-boot
271 make TQM823L_config
272
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200273For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000274e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
275directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
276
277
278Configuration Options:
279----------------------
280
281Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
282such information is kept in a configuration file
283"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
284
285Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
286"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
287
288
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000289Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
290kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
291build a config tool - later.
292
293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000294The following options need to be configured:
295
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500296- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000297
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500298- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200299
300- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100301 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000302
303- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
304 Define exactly one of
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
306--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
307 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
308 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
309
310- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define exactly one of
312 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
313
314- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_CMA302
317
318- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
319 Define one or more of
320 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200321 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
323
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000324- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
325 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
326 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200327 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
328 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
329 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
330 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000331
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530332- Marvell Family Member
333 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
334 multiple fs option at one time
335 for marvell soc family
336
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000337- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000338 Define exactly one of
339 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200341- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
343 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000344 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
345 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000346 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
347 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000348
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000349- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200350 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
351 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000352 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000353 See doc/README.MPC866
354
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200355 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000356
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000357 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
358 of relying on the correctness of the configured
359 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
360 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
361 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200362 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000363
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100364 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
365
366 Define this option if you want to enable the
367 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
368
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600369- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000370 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
371
372 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
373 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
374 compliance, among other possible reasons.
375
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600376 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
377
378 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
379 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
380 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
381
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
383
384 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
385 tree nodes for the given platform.
386
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000387 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
388
389 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
390 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
391 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
392 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
393 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
394 purpose.
395
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000396 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
397
398 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
399 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
401
402 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
404
405 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
406 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
407
408 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
409 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
410 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
411 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
412
413 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
414 this erratum.
415
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530416 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
417 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
418 requred during NOR boot.
419
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000420 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
421
422 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
423 according to the A004510 workaround.
424
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
426 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
427 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
428
429 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
430 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
431
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000432- Generic CPU options:
433 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
434
435 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
436 values is arch specific.
437
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100438- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200439 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100440
441 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
442 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
443 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
444
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200445 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200446
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100447 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
448 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200449 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100450 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200451
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200452- MIPS CPU options:
453 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
454
455 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
456 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
457 relocation.
458
459 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
460
461 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
462 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
463 Possible values are:
464 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
465 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
466 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
467 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
468 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
469 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
470 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
471 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
472
473 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
474
475 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
476 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
477
478 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
479
480 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
481 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
482 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
483
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000484- ARM options:
485 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
486
487 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
488 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
489
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000490 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
491
492 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
493 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
494 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
495 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
496 GCC.
497
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000498 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000499 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
500 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
501 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
502
503 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
504 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
505 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
506 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
507 set these options unless they apply!
508
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000509- CPU timer options:
510 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
511
512 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
513 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
514 option must be set to 1000.
515
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000516- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000517 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
518
519 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
520 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
521 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
522 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
523 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
524 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
525 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000526 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100527 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000528 default environment.
529
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000530 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
531
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200532 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000533 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
534 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
535
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400536 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200537
538 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400539 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
540 concepts).
541
542 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
543 * New libfdt-based support
544 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500545 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400546
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200547 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
548 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
549 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
550 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200551 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600552 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200553
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200554 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
555 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500556
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600557 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
558
559 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
560 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000561
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500562 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
563
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200564 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500565 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
566
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200567 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
568
569 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
570 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
571 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
572 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
573 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
574 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
575
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000576 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
577
578 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
579 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
580 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
581 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
582 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
583 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
584 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
585
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100586- vxWorks boot parameters:
587
588 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
589 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
590 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
591
592 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
593 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
594 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
595 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
596
597 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
598
599 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
600
601 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
602 the defaults discussed just above.
603
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000604- Cache Configuration:
605 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
606 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
607 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
608
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000609- Cache Configuration for ARM:
610 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
611 controller
612 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
613 controller register space
614
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000615- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200616 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000617
618 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
619
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200620 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000621
622 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
623
624 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
625
626 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
627 the clock speed of the UARTs.
628
629 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
630
631 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
632 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
633 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
634
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000635 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
636
637 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
638 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
639 this variable to initialize the extra register.
640
641 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
642
643 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
644 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
645 variable to flush the UART at init time.
646
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000647
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000648- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000649 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
650 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
651 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
652 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000653
654 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
655 port routines must be defined elsewhere
656 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
657
658 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
659 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000660 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000661 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
662 (default big endian)
663 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
664 rectangle fill
665 (cf. smiLynxEM)
666 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
667 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
668 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
669 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000670 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
671 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000672 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
673 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000674 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000675 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
676 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
677 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
678 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
679 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
680 (i.e. i8042_getc)
681 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
682 (requires blink timer
683 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200684 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000685 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
686 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500687 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000688 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
689 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000690 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
691 linux_logo.h for logo.
692 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000693 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200694 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000695 the logo
696
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000697 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
698 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
699 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
700
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000701 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
702 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
703 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000704
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000705 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
706 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
707 the "silent" environment variable. See
708 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000709
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000710- Console Baudrate:
711 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
712 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200713 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
714 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000715
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100716- Console Rx buffer length
717 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
718 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100719 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100720 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
721 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
722 the SMC.
723
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000724- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200725 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
726 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
727 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
728 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
729 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
730 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
731 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200732 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200733 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000734
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200735 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
736 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000737
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000738- Safe printf() functions
739 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
740 the printf() functions. These are defined in
741 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
742 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
743 If this option is not given then these functions will
744 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
745 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
746
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000747- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
748 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
749 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000750 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
751 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000752
753 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
754 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
755 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
756 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
757 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
758 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
759 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
760 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
761 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
762 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
763 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
764 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
765
766- Autoboot Command:
767 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
768 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
769 define a command string that is automatically executed
770 when no character is read on the console interface
771 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
772
773 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000774 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
775 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
776 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000777
778 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000779 The value of these goes into the environment as
780 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
781 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200782 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000783
784- Pre-Boot Commands:
785 CONFIG_PREBOOT
786
787 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
788 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
789 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
790 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
791 entering interactive mode.
792
793 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
794 automatically generated or modified. For an example
795 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
796 modified when the user holds down a certain
797 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
798 booting the systems
799
800- Serial Download Echo Mode:
801 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
802 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
803 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
804 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
805 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
806 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
807 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
808
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500809- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000810 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
811 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200812 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813
814- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500815 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
816 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000817 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
818 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500819 and augmenting with additional #define's
820 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000821
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500822 The default command configuration includes all commands
823 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000824
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500825 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500826 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
827 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
828 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
829 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
830 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
831 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
832 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500833 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500834 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
835 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
836 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600837 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
838 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
839 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
840 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500841 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
842 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500843 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500844 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
845 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600846 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600847 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500848 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000849 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
850 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500851 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500852 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000853 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500854 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
855 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
856 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Benoît Thébaudeauccca7df2013-04-23 10:17:40 +0000857 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000858 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500859 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000860 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000861 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500862 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
863 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
864 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
865 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000866 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
867 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500868 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500869 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000870 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500871 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
872 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
873 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
874 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysinger1ba7fd22010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500875 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000876 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
877 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500878 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
879 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400880 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
881 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000882 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500883 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000884 loop, loopw
885 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500886 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
887 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
888 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100889 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500890 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
891 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600892 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000893 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500894 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
895 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
896 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
897 host
898 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000899 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500900 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
901 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000902 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500903 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
904 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
905 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
906 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
907 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
908 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700909 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Hollerc6b1ee62011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100910 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400911 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800912 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200913 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500914 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000915 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000916 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000917 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
918 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500919 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500920 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000921 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000922
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000923
924 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
925 support you can write:
926
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500927 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
928 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000929
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400930 Other Commands:
931 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000932
933 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500934 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000935 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
936 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
937 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
938 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
939 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
940 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000941
942
943 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
944
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000945- Regular expression support:
946 CONFIG_REGEX
947 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
948 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
949 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
950 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
951
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000952- Device tree:
953 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
954 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
955 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
956 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
957 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
958 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
959
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000960 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
961 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000962
963 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
964 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
965 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
966 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
967 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
968 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000969
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000970 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
971 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
972 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
973 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
974
975 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
976
977 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
978 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
979 still use the individual files if you need something more
980 exotic.
981
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000982- Watchdog:
983 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
984 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000985 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
986 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
987 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
988 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
989 available, then no further board specific code should
990 be needed to use it.
991
992 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
993 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
994 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
995 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000996
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000997- U-Boot Version:
998 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
999 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1000 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1001 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e512012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001002 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1003 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001005- Real-Time Clock:
1006
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001007 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001008 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1009 following options:
1010
1011 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1012 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001013 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001014 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001015 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001016 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001017 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001018 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001019 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001020 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001021 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001022 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1023 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001024
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001025 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1026 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1027
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001028- GPIO Support:
1029 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1030 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
1031
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001032 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1033 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1034 pins supported by a particular chip.
1035
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001036 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1037 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1038
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001039- Timestamp Support:
1040
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001041 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1042 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1043 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001044 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001045
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001046- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1047 Zero or more of the following:
1048 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1049 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1050 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1051 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1052 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1053 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1054 disk/part_efi.c
1055 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001056
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001057 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1058 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001059 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001060
1061- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001062 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1063 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001064
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001065 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1066 be performed by calling the function
1067 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1068 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001069
1070- ATAPI Support:
1071 CONFIG_ATAPI
1072
1073 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1074
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001075- LBA48 Support
1076 CONFIG_LBA48
1077
1078 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001079 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001080 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1081 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1082
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001083 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001084 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1085 Default is 32bit.
1086
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001087- SCSI Support:
1088 At the moment only there is only support for the
1089 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1090 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1091
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001092 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1093 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1094 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001095 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1096 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001097 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001098
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001099 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1100 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1101
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001102- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001103 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001104 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1105
1106 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1107 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1108 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1109 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1110
1111 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1112 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1113 example with the "sspi" command.
1114
1115 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1116 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1117 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001118
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001119 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001120 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001121
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001122 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1123 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001124 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001125 write routine for first time initialisation.
1126
1127 CONFIG_TULIP
1128 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1129 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1130 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1131
1132 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1133 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1134
1135 CONFIG_NS8382X
1136 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1137
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001138- NETWORK Support (other):
1139
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001140 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1141 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1142
1143 CONFIG_RMII
1144 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1145
1146 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1147 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1148 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1149
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001150 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1151 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1152
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001153 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001154 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1155
1156 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1157 Define this to hold the physical address
1158 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1159
1160 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1161 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1162
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001163 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001164 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1165
1166 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1167 Define this to hold the physical address
1168 of the device (I/O space)
1169
1170 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1171 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1172
1173 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1174 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1175 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1176
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001177 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1178 Support for davinci emac
1179
1180 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1181 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1182
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001183 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1184 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1185
1186 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1187 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1188 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1189 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1190 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1191 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1192 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1193 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1194
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001195 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001196 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1197
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001198 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001199 Define this to hold the physical address
1200 of the device (I/O space)
1201
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001202 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001203 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1204
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001205 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001206 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1207 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001208 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001209
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001210 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1211 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1212
1213 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1214 Define the number of ports to be used
1215
1216 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1217 Define the ETH PHY's address
1218
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001219 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1220 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1221
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001222- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001223 CONFIG_TPM
1224 Support TPM devices.
1225
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001226 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1227 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1228 per system is supported at this time.
1229
1230 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1231 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1232
1233 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1234 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1235
1236 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1237 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1238
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001239 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001240 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1241 per system is supported at this time.
1242
1243 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1244 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1245 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1246 0xfed40000.
1247
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001248- USB Support:
1249 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001250 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001251 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1252 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001253 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001254 storage devices.
1255 Note:
1256 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1257 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001258 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1259 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1260 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001261 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1262 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001263 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1264 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1265 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001266 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1267 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001268 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001269 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1270 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001271
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001272 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1273 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1274
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001275 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1276 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1277
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001278- USB Device:
1279 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1280 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1281 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001282 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001283 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1284 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001285 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001286 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1287 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1288 a Linux host by
1289 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1290 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1291 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1292 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001293
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001294 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1295 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001296
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001297 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1298 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1299 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001300
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301301 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1302 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1303 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1304 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1305 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1306 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1307 speed.
1308
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001309 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001310 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1311 be set to usbtty.
1312
1313 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001314 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001315 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001316 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001317
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001318 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001319 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001320 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001321
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001322 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001323 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001324 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001325 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1326 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1327 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1328
1329 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1330 Define this string as the name of your company for
1331 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001332
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001333 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1334 Define this string as the name of your product
1335 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1336
1337 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1338 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1339 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1340 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1341 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001342
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001343 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1344 Define this as the unique Product ID
1345 for your device
1346 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001347
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001348- ULPI Layer Support:
1349 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1350 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1351 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1352 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1353 viewport is supported.
1354 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1355 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001356 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1357 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1358 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001359
1360- MMC Support:
1361 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1362 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1363 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1364 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001365 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1366 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001367
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001368 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1369 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1370
1371 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1372 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1373
1374 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1375 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1376
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001377- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1378 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1379 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1380
1381 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1382 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1383 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1384 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1385 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1386
1387 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1388 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1389
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001390 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1391 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1392
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001393 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1394 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1395 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1396 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1397 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1398 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1399
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001400- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1401 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1402 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1403 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1404
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001405 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1406 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001407 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1408
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001409 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001410 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1411 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1412
1413 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001414 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001415 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1416 have not defined a custom partition
1417
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001418- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1419 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001420
1421 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1422 file in FAT formatted partition.
1423
1424 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1425 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001426
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001427CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1428 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1429
1430 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1431 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1432 and cbfsload.
1433
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001434- Keyboard Support:
1435 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1436
1437 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1438 support
1439
1440 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1441 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1442 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1443 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1444 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1445
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001446 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1447 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1448 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1449 which provides key scans on request.
1450
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001451- Video support:
1452 CONFIG_VIDEO
1453
1454 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1455 video).
1456
1457 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1458
1459 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1460
1461 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001462 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001463 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1464 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1465 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001466
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001467 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001468 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001469 are possible:
1470 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001471 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001472
1473 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1474 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1475 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1476 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1477 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1478 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1479 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001480 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1481
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001482 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001483 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001484
1485
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001486 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001487 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001488 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1489 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1490
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001491 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001492 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001493 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1494 support, and should also define these other macros:
1495
1496 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1497 CONFIG_VIDEO
1498 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1499 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1500 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1501 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1502 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1503 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1504
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001505 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1506 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1507 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1508 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001509
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001510 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1511
1512 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1513 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1514 driver.
1515
1516
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001517- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001518 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001519
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001520 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1521 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1522 defined in your board-specific files.
1523 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001524
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001525- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1526
1527 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1528 display); also select one of the supported displays
1529 by defining one of these:
1530
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001531 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1532
1533 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1534
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001535 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001536
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001537 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001538
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001539 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001540
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001541 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1542 Active, color, single scan.
1543
1544 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1545
1546 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001547 Active, color, single scan.
1548
1549 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1550
1551 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1552 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1553
1554 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1555
1556 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1557 Active, color, single scan.
1558
1559 CONFIG_HLD1045
1560
1561 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1562 Active, color, single scan.
1563
1564 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1565
1566 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1567 or
1568 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1569 or
1570 Hitachi SP14Q002
1571
1572 320x240. Black & white.
1573
1574 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001575 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001576
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001577 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1578
1579 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1580 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1581 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1582 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1583 a per-section basis.
1584
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001585 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1586
1587 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1588 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1589 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1590 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001591
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001592 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1593
1594 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1595
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001596 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1597
1598 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1599 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1600
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001601- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001602
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001603 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1604 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1605 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001606 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001607 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1608 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1609 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1610 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001611
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001612 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1613
1614 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1615 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1616 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1617 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1618 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1619 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1620 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1621 there is no need to set this option.
1622
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001623 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1624
1625 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1626 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1627 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1628 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1629 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1630 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1631
1632 Example:
1633 setenv splashpos m,m
1634 => image at center of screen
1635
1636 setenv splashpos 30,20
1637 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1638
1639 setenv splashpos -10,m
1640 => vertically centered image
1641 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1642
Nikita Kiryanov581bb412013-01-30 21:39:57 +00001643 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_PREPARE
1644
1645 If this option is set then the board_splash_screen_prepare()
1646 function, which must be defined in your code, is called as part
1647 of the splash screen display sequence. It gives the board an
1648 opportunity to prepare the splash image data before it is
1649 processed and sent to the frame buffer by U-Boot.
1650
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001651- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1652
1653 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1654 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1655 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1656
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001657- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1658
1659 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1660 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1661 bmp command.
1662
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001663- Do compresssing for memory range:
1664 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1665
1666 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1667 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1668
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001669- Compression support:
1670 CONFIG_BZIP2
1671
1672 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1673 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1674 compressed images are supported.
1675
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001676 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001677 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001678 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001679
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001680 CONFIG_LZMA
1681
1682 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1683 images is included.
1684
1685 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1686 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1687 formula:
1688
1689 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1690
1691 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1692 and Literal pos bits.
1693
1694 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1695 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1696 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1697 a very small buffer.
1698
1699 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1700 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001701 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001702
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001703- MII/PHY support:
1704 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1705
1706 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1707
1708 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1709
1710 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1711
1712 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1713
1714 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001715 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001716
1717 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1718
1719 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1720 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1721 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1722 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1723
1724 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1725
1726 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1727 command issued before MII status register can be read
1728
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001729- Ethernet address:
1730 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001731 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001732 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1733 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001734 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1735 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001736
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001737 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1738 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001739 is not determined automatically.
1740
1741- IP address:
1742 CONFIG_IPADDR
1743
1744 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001745 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001746 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001747 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001748
1749- Server IP address:
1750 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1751
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001752 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001753 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001754 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001755
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001756 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1757
1758 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1759 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1760
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001761- Gateway IP address:
1762 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1763
1764 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1765 default router where packets to other networks are
1766 sent to.
1767 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1768
1769- Subnet mask:
1770 CONFIG_NETMASK
1771
1772 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1773 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1774 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1775 forwarded through a router.
1776 (Environment variable "netmask")
1777
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001778- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1779 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1780
1781 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1782 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001783 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001784 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1785 multicast group.
1786
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001787- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1788 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1789
1790 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1791 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1792 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1793 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1794 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1795 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1796 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1797 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001798 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001799
1800 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1801 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1802 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1803 4th and following
1804 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1805
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001806- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001807 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1808 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001809
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001810 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1811 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1812 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1813 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1814 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1815 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1816 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1817 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1818 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1819 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1820 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1821 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001822 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001823
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001824 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1825 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001826
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001827 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1828 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1829 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1830 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1831 is not available.
1832
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001833 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1834 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1835 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1836 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1837 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1838 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1839 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001840 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001841
1842 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1843 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1844 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001845 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001846 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1847 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001848
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001849 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1850
1851 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1852 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1853 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1854 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1855 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1856 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1857 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1858 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1859 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1860 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1861 this delay.
1862
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001863 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1864 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1865 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1866 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1867 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1868
1869 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1870
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001871 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001872 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001873
1874 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1875
1876 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1877
1878 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1879 of the device.
1880
1881 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1882
1883 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1884 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001885 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001886
1887 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1888
1889 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1890 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1891
1892 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1893
1894 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1895
1896 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1897
1898 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1899
1900 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1901
1902 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1903
1904 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1905
1906 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1907 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1908
1909 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1910
1911 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1912
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001913- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1914
1915 Several configurations allow to display the current
1916 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1917 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1918 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1919 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1920 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1921 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1922 feature in U-Boot.
1923
1924- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1925
1926 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1927 on those systems that support this (optional)
1928 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1929
1930- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1931
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001932 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001933 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001934 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001935
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001936 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001937 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001938 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1939 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001940 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001941
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001942 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001943
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001944 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001945 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1946 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001947
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001948 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001949 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001950
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001951 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001952 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001953 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001954 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001955
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001956 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001957 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001958 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1959 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1960 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001961
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001962 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1963
1964 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1965 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1966 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1967 commands until the slave device responds.
1968
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001969 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001970
1971 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1972 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1973 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001974
1975 I2C_INIT
1976
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001977 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001978 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001979
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001980 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001981
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001982 I2C_PORT
1983
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001984 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1985 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1986 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001987
1988 I2C_ACTIVE
1989
1990 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1991 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1992 define can be null.
1993
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001994 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1995
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001996 I2C_TRISTATE
1997
1998 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1999 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2000 define can be null.
2001
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002002 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2003
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002004 I2C_READ
2005
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002006 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2007 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002008
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002009 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2010
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002011 I2C_SDA(bit)
2012
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002013 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2014 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002015
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002016 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002017 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002018 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002019
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002020 I2C_SCL(bit)
2021
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002022 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2023 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002024
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002025 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002026 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002027 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002028
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002029 I2C_DELAY
2030
2031 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2032 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002033 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002034 like:
2035
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002036 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002037
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002038 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2039
2040 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2041 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2042 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2043 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2044
2045 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2046 the generic GPIO functions.
2047
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002048 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002049
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002050 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2051 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2052 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2053 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2054 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2055 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2056 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2057 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002058
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002059 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2060
2061 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2062 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2063 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2064 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2065 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2066 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2067 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2068 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2069
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002070 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2071
2072 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2073 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2074 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2075
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002076 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2077
2078 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002079 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2080 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002081 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2082
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002083 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002084
2085 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002086 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002087 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2088 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002089
2090 e.g.
2091 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002092 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002093
2094 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2095
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002096 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002097 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002098
2099 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002101 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002102
2103 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2104 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2105
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002106 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002107
2108 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2109 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2110
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002111 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002112
2113 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2114 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2115
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002116 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002117
2118 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2119 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2120 specified DTT device.
2121
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002122 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
2123
2124 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01002125 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002126
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002127 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
2128
2129 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
2130 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
2131 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
2132 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
2133 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
2134 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
2135
2136 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
2137 feature!
2138
2139 Example:
2140 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
2141 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
2142 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
2143
2144 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
2145
2146 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
2147 of I2C Busses with muxes:
2148
2149 => i2c bus
2150 Busses reached over muxes:
2151 Bus ID: 2
2152 reached over Mux(es):
2153 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
2154 Bus ID: 3
2155 reached over Mux(es):
2156 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
2157 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
2158 =>
2159
2160 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002161 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
2162 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002163 the channel 4.
2164
2165 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002166 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002167 the 2 muxes.
2168
2169 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
2170 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
2171 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
2172 to add this option to other architectures.
2173
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002174 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2175
2176 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2177 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2178 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2179 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2180 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2181 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2182 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002183
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002184- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2185
2186 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2187 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2188 D/As on the SACSng board)
2189
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002190 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2191
2192 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2193 only SH7757 is supported.
2194
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002195 CONFIG_SPI_X
2196
2197 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2198 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2199
2200 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2201
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002202 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2203 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2204 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2205 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2206 defined, the board configuration must define several
2207 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2208 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002209
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002210 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2211
2212 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2213 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2214 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002215 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002216 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2217
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002218 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2219
2220 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002221 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002222
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002223- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2224
2225 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2226
2227 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2228
2229 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2230 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2231
2232 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2233
2234 Enables support for FPGA family.
2235 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2236
2237 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002238
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002239 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002240
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002241 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002242
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002243 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002244
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002245 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002246
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002247 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2248 status by the configuration function. This option
2249 will require a board or device specific function to
2250 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002251
2252 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2253
2254 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2255 configuration driver.
2256
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002257 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002258 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2259
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002260 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002261
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002262 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2263 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2264 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2265 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002266
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002267 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002268
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002269 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2270 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2271 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002272 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002273
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002274 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002275
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002276 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002277 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002278
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002279 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002280
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002281 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002282 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002283
2284- Configuration Management:
2285 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2286
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002287 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2288 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002289
2290- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2291
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002292 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2293 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002294 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002295 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2296 protects these variables from casual modification by
2297 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2298 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002299 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002300
2301 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2302 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002303 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002304 these parameters.
2305
2306 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2307 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002308 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002309 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2310 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2311 read-only.]
2312
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002313 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2314 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2315 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2316 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2317
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002318- Protected RAM:
2319 CONFIG_PRAM
2320
2321 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2322 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2323 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2324 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2325 this default value by defining an environment
2326 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2327 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2328 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2329 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2330 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2331 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2332 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2333
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002334 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002335 saveenv
2336
2337 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2338 either, which results in a memory region that will
2339 not be affected by reboots.
2340
2341 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2342 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2343 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2344 following board configurations are known to be
2345 "pRAM-clean":
2346
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002347 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2348 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002349 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002350
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002351- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2352 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2353 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2354 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2355 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2356 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2357 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2358
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002359- Error Recovery:
2360 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2361
2362 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2363 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2364 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002365 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002366 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2367 useful during development since you can try to debug
2368 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2369
2370 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2371
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002372 This variable defines the number of retries for
2373 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2374 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2375 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002376
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002377 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2378
2379 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2380
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002381 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2382
2383 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2384 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2385 try longer timeout such as
2386 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2387
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002388- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002389 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002390
2391 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2392
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002393 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2394 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002395
2396
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002397 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002398
2399 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2400 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2401 powerful command line syntax like
2402 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2403 constructs ("shell scripts").
2404
2405 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2406 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2407
2408
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002409 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002410
2411 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2412 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2413 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2414
2415 Note:
2416
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002417 In the current implementation, the local variables
2418 space and global environment variables space are
2419 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2420 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2421 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2422 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2423 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002424
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002425 Global environment variables are those you use
2426 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2427 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2428 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002429
2430 To store commands and special characters in a
2431 variable, please use double quotation marks
2432 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2433 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2434 symbols.
2435
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002436- Commandline Editing and History:
2437 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2438
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002439 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002440 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002441
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002442- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002443 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2444
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002445 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2446 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002447 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002448
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002449 For example, place something like this in your
2450 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002451
2452 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2453 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2454 "myvar2=value2\0"
2455
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002456 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2457 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2458 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2459 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002460 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002461 You better know what you are doing here.
2462
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002463 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2464 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002465 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002466 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002467
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002468 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2469
2470 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2471 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2472 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2473
2474 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2475
2476 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2477 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2478 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2479 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2480 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2481
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002482 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2483
2484 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2485 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2486 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2487
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002488 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2489
2490 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2491 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2492 that so that the environment is not available until
2493 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2494 this is instead controlled by the value of
2495 /config/load-environment.
2496
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002497- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002498 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2499
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002500 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2501 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2502 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002503
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002504- Serial Flash support
2505 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2506
2507 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2508 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2509
2510 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2511 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2512 commands.
2513
2514 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2515 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2516 flash is present on the system.
2517
2518 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2519 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2520 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2521 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2522
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002523 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2524
2525 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2526 test ('sf test').
2527
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302528 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2529
2530 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2531 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2532
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002533- SystemACE Support:
2534 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2535
2536 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2537 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002538 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002539 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002540
2541 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002542 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002543
2544 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2545 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2546
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002547- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2548 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2549
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002550 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002551 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002552 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002553 number generator is used.
2554
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002555 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2556 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2557 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2558
2559 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002560 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2561 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2562 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2563 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2564 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2565 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2566
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002567- Hashing support:
2568 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2569
2570 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2571 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2572
2573 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2574
2575 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2576 size a little.
2577
2578 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2579 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2580
2581 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2582 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2583
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002584- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002585 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2586
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002587 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2588 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2589 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2590 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2591 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2592 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002593
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002594- Detailed boot stage timing
2595 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2596 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2597 of the boot process.
2598
2599 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2600 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2601 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2602 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2603 the limit, recording will stop.
2604
2605 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2606 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2607
2608 Timer summary in microseconds:
2609 Mark Elapsed Stage
2610 0 0 reset
2611 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2612 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2613 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2614 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2615 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2616 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2617 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2618
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002619 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2620 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2621 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2622
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002623 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2624 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2625 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2626 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2627 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2628 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2629 For example:
2630
2631 bootstage {
2632 154 {
2633 name = "board_init_f";
2634 mark = <3575678>;
2635 };
2636 170 {
2637 name = "lcd";
2638 accum = <33482>;
2639 };
2640 };
2641
2642 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2643
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002644Legacy uImage format:
2645
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002646 Arg Where When
2647 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002648 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002649 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002650 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002651 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002652 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002653 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2654 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2655 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002656 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002657 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2658 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2659 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2660 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002661 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002662 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002663
2664 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2665 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2666 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2667 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2668 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2669 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2670 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002671 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002672 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2673 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2674
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002675 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002676
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002677 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd542004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002678 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2679 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002680
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002681 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2682 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2683 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2684 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2685 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2686 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2687 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2688 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2689 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2690 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2691 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2692 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2693 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2694 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2695 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2696 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2697 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2698 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2699 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2700 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2701 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2702 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2703 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2704 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2705 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2706 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2707 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2708 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2709 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2710 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2711 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2712 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2713 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2714 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2715 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2716 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2717 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2718 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2719 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2720 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2721 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2722 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2723 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2724 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2725 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2726 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2727 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002728
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002729 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002730
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002731 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002732 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2733 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002734
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002735 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2736 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002737 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002738 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2739 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2740 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002741 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2742 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002743 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002744
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002745FIT uImage format:
2746
2747 Arg Where When
2748 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2749 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2750 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2751 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2752 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2753 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002754 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002755 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2756 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2757 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2758 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2759 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002760 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2761 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002762 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2763 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2764 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2765 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2766 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2767 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2768 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2769 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2770
2771 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2772 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2773 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002774 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002775 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2776 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2777 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2778 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2779 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2780 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2781 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2782 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2783 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2784 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2785 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2786 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2787
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002788 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002789 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2790
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002791 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002792 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2793
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002794 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002795 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2796
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00002797- FIT image support:
2798 CONFIG_FIT
2799 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
2800
2801 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
2802 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
2803 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
2804 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
2805 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
2806 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
2807
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07002808 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
2809 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
2810 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
2811 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
2812
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002813- Standalone program support:
2814 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2815
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002816 This option defines a board specific value for the
2817 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2818 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002819 settings.
2820
2821- Frame Buffer Address:
2822 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2823
2824 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002825 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2826 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2827 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2828 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2829 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2830 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2831 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002832
2833 Please see board_init_f function.
2834
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002835- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2836 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2837 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2838 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2839
2840 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2841 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2842
2843- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2844 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2845
2846 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2847 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2848
2849 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2850
2851 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2852 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2853
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002854- UBI support
2855 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
2856
2857 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
2858 with the UBI flash translation layer
2859
2860 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
2861
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002862 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
2863
2864 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
2865 warnings and errors enabled.
2866
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002867- UBIFS support
2868 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
2869
2870 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
2871 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
2872
2873 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
2874
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002875 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
2876
2877 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
2878 warnings and errors enabled.
2879
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002880- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002881 CONFIG_SPL
2882 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002883
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002884 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2885 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2886
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002887 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2888 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2889 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2890 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002891 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002892 must not be both defined at the same time.
2893
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002894 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002895 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2896 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2897 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2898 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002899
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002900 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2901 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002902
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002903 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2904 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2905 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2906
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002907 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2908 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2909
2910 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002911 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
2912 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
2913 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002914 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002915 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002916
2917 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2918 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2919
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002920 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2921 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2922 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2923 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2924
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002925 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2926 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2927
2928 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2929 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002930
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002931 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2932 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2933 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2934 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2935
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002936 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2937 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2938 about the running system.
2939
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002940 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2941 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2942
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002943 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2944 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002945
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002946 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2947 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002948
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002949 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2950 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002951
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002952 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2953 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002954
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002955 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2956 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002957
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002958 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2959 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2960 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2961 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2962 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2963
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00002964 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
2965 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
2966 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
2967
2968 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
2969 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
2970 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
2971 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
2972 (for falcon mode)
2973
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002974 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2975 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2976
2977 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2978 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2979
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00002980 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
2981 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
2982 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
2983
2984 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
2985 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
2986 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
2987
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002988 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2989 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2990 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2991 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2992 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
2993
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002994 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2995 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2996 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2997
2998 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2999 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3000
3001 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3002 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3003
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003004 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003005 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3006 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003007
3008 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3009 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3010 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3011 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3012 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3013 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003014 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003015
3016 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003017 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3018
3019 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3020 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3021
3022 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3023 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003024
3025 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003026 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003027
3028 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3029 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3030 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3031
3032 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3033 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3034 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3035
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003036 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3037 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003038
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003039 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3040 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003041
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003042 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3043 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003044
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003045 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3046 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3047
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003048 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3049 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003050
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003051 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3052 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3053
3054 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3055 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3056 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3057 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3058
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003059 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003060 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3061 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3062 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3063 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3064 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003065
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003066 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3067 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3068 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3069 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3070
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003071 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3072 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3073 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3074 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3075 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3076
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003077Modem Support:
3078--------------
3079
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003080[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003081
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003082- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003083 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3084
3085- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3086 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3087
3088- Modem debug support:
3089 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3090
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003091 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3092 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003093
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003094- Interrupt support (PPC):
3095
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003096 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3097 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003098 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003099 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003100 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003101 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003102 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003103 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3104 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3105 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003106
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003107- General:
3108
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003109 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3110 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3111 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003112 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003113 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3114 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3115 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003116
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003117 If there are no modem init strings in the
3118 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3119 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003120 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003121
3122 See also: doc/README.Modem
3123
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003124Board initialization settings:
3125------------------------------
3126
3127During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3128to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3129before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3130following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3131architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3132typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3133
3134- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3135- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3136- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3137- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003138
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003139Configuration Settings:
3140-----------------------
3141
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003142- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003143 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3144
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003145- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3146 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3147
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003148- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003149 prompt for user input.
3150
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003151- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003152
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003153- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003154
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003155- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003156
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003157- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003158 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3159 booted
3160
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003161- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003162 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3163
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003164- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003165 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003166
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003167- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003168 If the board specific function
3169 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3170 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003171 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3172
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003173- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003174 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003175
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003176- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003177 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3178
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003179- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003180 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3181 simple memory test.
3182
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003183- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003184 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003185
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003186- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003187 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3188 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3189
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003190- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3191 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003192 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003193 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003194 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3195 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3196 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003197 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003198 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003199 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003200
3201 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3202 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3203 be touched.
3204
3205 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3206 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3207 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3208 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3209 problems.
3210
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003211- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003212 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3213
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003214- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003215 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3216
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003217- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003218 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3219 Cogent motherboard)
3220
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003221- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003222 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3223
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003224- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003225 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3226 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003227 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003228 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003229
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003230- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003231 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3232 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3233 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3234 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003235
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003236- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003237 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3238
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003239- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003240 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3241 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003242 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003243 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3244
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003245- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003246 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3247 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003248 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3249 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3250 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3251 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003252 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003253 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3254 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3255 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003256
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003257- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3258 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3259 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3260 is enabled.
3261
3262- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3263 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3264 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3265
3266- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3267 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3268 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3269
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003270- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003271 Max number of Flash memory banks
3272
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003273- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003274 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3275
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003276- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003277 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3278
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003279- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003280 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3281
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003282- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003283 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3284
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003285- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003286 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3287
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003288- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003289 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3290 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3291
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003292- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003293
3294 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3295 without this option such a download has to be
3296 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3297 copy from RAM to flash.
3298
3299 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3300 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003301 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3302 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003303 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3304
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003305- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003306 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003307 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3308
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003309- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003310 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3311 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003312
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003313- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3314 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3315 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3316 to the MTD layer.
3317
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003318- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003319 Use buffered writes to flash.
3320
3321- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3322 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3323 write commands.
3324
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003325- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003326 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3327 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3328 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3329 optionally available.
3330
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003331- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3332 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3333 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3334 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3335
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003336- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3337 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3338 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3339 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3340 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3341 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3342 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3343 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3344
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003345- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003346 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3347 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003348 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3349 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003350 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003351 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3352
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003353- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3354
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003355 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3356 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3357 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3358 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3359 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003360
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003361- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3362- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3363 Enable validation of the values given to enviroment variables when
3364 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3365 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3366 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3367
3368 The format of the list is:
3369 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003370 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3371 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003372 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3373 list = entry[,list]
3374
3375 The type attributes are:
3376 s - String (default)
3377 d - Decimal
3378 x - Hexadecimal
3379 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3380 i - IP address
3381 m - MAC address
3382
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003383 The access attributes are:
3384 a - Any (default)
3385 r - Read-only
3386 o - Write-once
3387 c - Change-default
3388
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003389 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3390 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3391 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3392
3393 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3394 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3395 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3396 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3397 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3398 ".flags" variable.
3399
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003400- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3401 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3402 access flags.
3403
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003404- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3405 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3406 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3407 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3408 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3409 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3410 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3411 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3412 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3413
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003414- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3415 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3416 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3417 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3418 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3419
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003420- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3421 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3422 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3423 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003424
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003425The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3426of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3427following configurations:
3428
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003429- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3430
3431 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3432 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3433
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003434- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003435
3436 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3437
3438 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3439 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3440 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3441 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3442 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3443 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3444 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3445 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3446 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3447 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3448 between U-Boot and the environment.
3449
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003450 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003451
3452 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3453 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3454 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3455 for this sector is given here.
3456
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003457 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003458
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003459 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003460
3461 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3462 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003463 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003464
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003465 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003466
3467 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3468
3469
3470 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3471 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3472 the environment.
3473
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003474 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003475
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003476 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003477 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003478 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3479 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3480
3481 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3482 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3483 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3484 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3485 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3486 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3487 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3488 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3489 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3490
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003491 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3492 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003493
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003494 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003495 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003496 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003497 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003498
3499BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3500source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3501accordingly!
3502
3503
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003504- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003505
3506 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3507 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3508 environment.
3509
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003510 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3511 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003512
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003513 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003514 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3515 can just be read and written to, without any special
3516 provision.
3517
3518BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3519in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003520console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003521U-Boot will hang.
3522
3523Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3524environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3525keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3526to save the current settings.
3527
3528
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003529- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003530
3531 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3532 device and a driver for it.
3533
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003534 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3535 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003536
3537 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3538 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3539
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003540 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003541 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3542 The default address is zero.
3543
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003544 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003545 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3546 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3547 would require six bits.
3548
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003549 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003550 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003551 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003552
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003553 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003554 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3555 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3556
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003557 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003558 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3559 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3560 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3561 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3562 byte chips.
3563
3564 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3565 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3566 in the chip address.
3567
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003568 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003569 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3570
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003571 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3572 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3573 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3574
3575 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3576 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3577 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3578 EEPROM. For example:
3579
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02003580 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003581
3582 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3583 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003584
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003585- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003586
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003587 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003588 want to use for the environment.
3589
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003590 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3591 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3592 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003593
3594 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3595 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3596 at the specified address.
3597
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003598- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3599
3600 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3601 want to use for the local device's environment.
3602
3603 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3604 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3605
3606 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3607 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3608 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003609 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003610
3611BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3612"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003613environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3614but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003615
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003616- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003617
3618 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3619 for the environment.
3620
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003621 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3622 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003623
3624 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003625 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3626 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003627
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003628 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003629
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003630 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003631 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3632 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003633 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003634 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003635
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003636 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3637
3638 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3639 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3640 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3641 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3642 the range to be avoided.
3643
3644 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3645
3646 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3647 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3648 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3649 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3650 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003651
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003652- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3653
3654 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3655 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3656 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3657
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003658- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3659
3660 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3661 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3662 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3663
3664 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3665
3666 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3667
3668 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3669
3670 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3671 environment in.
3672
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003673 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3674
3675 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3676 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3677 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3678
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003679 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3680 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3681
3682 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3683 when storing the env in UBI.
3684
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003685- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
3686
3687 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
3688 environment.
3689
3690 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
3691
3692 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
3693
3694 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
3695
3696 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
3697 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
3698 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
3699
3700 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3701 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3702
3703 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3704 area within the specified MMC device.
3705
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003706 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
3707 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
3708 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
3709 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
3710 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
3711 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
3712 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
3713
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003714 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
3715 MMC sector boundary.
3716
3717 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3718
3719 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
3720 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
3721 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
3722 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
3723
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003724 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
3725 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
3726
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003727 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
3728 an MMC sector boundary.
3729
3730 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
3731
3732 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
3733 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
3734 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3735
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003736- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003737
3738 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3739 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3740 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3741 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3742 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3743 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3744 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3745
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003746Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003747has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003748created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003749until then to read environment variables.
3750
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003751The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3752is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3753with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3754necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3755"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3756have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003757
3758Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3759the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003760use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003761
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003762- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003763 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003764
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003765 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003766 also needs to be defined.
3767
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003768- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003769 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003770
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003771- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3772 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3773 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3774 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3775 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3776 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3777
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003778- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3779 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3780 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3781 to do this.
3782
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003783- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3784 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3785 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3786 present.
3787
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003788Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003789---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003790
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003791- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003792 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3793
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003794- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003795 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003796
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003797 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3798 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3799 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003800
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003801- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3802 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3803 PowerPC SOCs.
3804
3805- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3806 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3807 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3808
3809 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3810 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3811
3812- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3813 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3814 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003815 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003816 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3817 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3818 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3819
3820 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3821 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3822
3823- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003824 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3825 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003826 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3827 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3828
3829- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3830 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3831 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3832 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3833
3834- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3835 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3836 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3837
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003838- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003839 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003840
3841 the default drive number (default value 0)
3842
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003843 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003844
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003845 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003846 (default value 1)
3847
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003848 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003849
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003850 defines the offset of register from address. It
3851 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003852 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003853
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003854 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3855 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003856 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003857
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003858 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003859 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3860 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3861 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3862 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003863
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003864- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3865 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3866 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3867 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3868 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3869 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3870 is requierd.
3871
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003872- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003873 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003874 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003875
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003876- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003877
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003878 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003879 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3880 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3881 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3882 will become available only after programming the
3883 memory controller and running certain initialization
3884 sequences.
3885
3886 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3887 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3888 - MPC824X: data cache
3889 - PPC4xx: data cache
3890
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003891- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003892
3893 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003894 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3895 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003896 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003897 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003898 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3899 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3900 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003901
3902 Note:
3903 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3904 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003905 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003906 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3907 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3908
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003909- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003910
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003911- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003912
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003913- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003914
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003915- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003916
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003917- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003918
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003919- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003920
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003921- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003922 SDRAM timing
3923
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003924- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003925 periodic timer for refresh
3926
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003927- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003928
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003929- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3930 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3931 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3932 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003933 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3934
3935- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003936 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3937 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003938 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3939
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003940- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3941 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003942 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3943 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3944
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003945- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003946 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3947 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3948
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003949- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003950 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3951 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3952
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003953- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003954 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3955 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3956
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003957- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003958 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3959 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3960 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3961
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003962- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003963 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3964 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3965 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3966 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003967
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003968- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3969 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3970 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3971 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3972 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3973 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3974 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3975 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003976 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003977
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003978- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3979 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3980 required.
3981
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003982- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
3983 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
3984 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3985 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3986 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3987 by coreboot or similar.
3988
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00003989- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
3990 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
3991
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003992- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3993 Chip has SRIO or not
3994
3995- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3996 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3997
3998- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3999 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4000
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004001- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4002 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4003
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004004- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4005 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4006
4007- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4008 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4009
4010- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4011 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4012
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004013- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4014 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4015 a 16 bit bus.
4016 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004017 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004018 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004019 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004020
4021- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4022 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4023 a default value will be used.
4024
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004025- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004026 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4027 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4028
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004029 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4030 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4031
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004032- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004033 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4034 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4035 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004036
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004037- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4038 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4039 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4040 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4041 header files or board specific files.
4042
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004043- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4044 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4045
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004046- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004047 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4048 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004049
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004050- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4051 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4052
4053- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4054 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004055 to the given FEC; i. e.
4056 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004057 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4058
4059 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4060
4061- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4062 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4063 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4064
4065- CONFIG_RMII
4066 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4067 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4068 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4069
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004070- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4071 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4072 The syntax is:
4073
4074 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4075
4076 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4077 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4078 area should have.
4079
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004080- CONFIG_LOOPW
4081 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004082 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004083
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004084- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4085 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4086 "md/mw" commands.
4087 Examples:
4088
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004089 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004090 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4091
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004092 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004093 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4094
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004095 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004096 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004097
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004098- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004099 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004100 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4101 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4102 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004103
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004104 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4105 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4106 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4107 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004108
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004109- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004110 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4111 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4112 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004113
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004114- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4115 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4116 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4117 previous 4k of the .text section.
4118
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004119- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4120 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4121 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4122 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4123 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4124 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4125 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4126 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4127
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004128- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4129 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4130 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4131 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4132 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4133
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004134- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4135 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4136 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004137
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004138- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4139 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4140
4141 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004142
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004143Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4144-----------------------------------
4145
4146The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4147loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4148This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4149are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4150within that device.
4151
4152- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4153 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4154 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4155 is also specified.
4156
4157- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4158 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4159 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4160 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4161 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4162
4163- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4164 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4165 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4166 virtual address in NOR flash.
4167
4168- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4169 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4170 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4171
4172- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4173 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4174 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4175
4176- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4177 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4178 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4179
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004180- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4181 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4182 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004183 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4184 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4185 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004186
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004187Building the Software:
4188======================
4189
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004190Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4191and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4192all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4193(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4194recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4195which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004196
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004197If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4198have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4199you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4200Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4201necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004202
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004203 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4204 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004205
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004206Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4207 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4208 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4209 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4210
4211 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4212
4213 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4214 be executed on computers running Windows.
4215
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004216U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4217sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004218is done by typing:
4219
4220 make NAME_config
4221
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004222where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004223rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004224
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004225Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4226 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4227 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4228 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004229 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004230
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004231 make TQM823L_config
4232 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004233
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004234 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4235 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004236
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004237 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004238
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004239
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004240Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4241images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004242
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004243- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4244- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4245- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004246
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004247By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4248in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4249this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4250
42511. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4252
4253 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4254 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4255 make O=/tmp/build all
4256
42572. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4258
4259 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4260 make distclean
4261 make NAME_config
4262 make all
4263
4264Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4265variable.
4266
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004268Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4269for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4270native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004271
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004272
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004273If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4274to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4275steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004276
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000042771. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004278 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4279 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000042802. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4281 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4282 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
42833. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4284 your board
42853. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4286 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
42874. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
42885. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4289 to be installed on your target system.
42906. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4291 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004292
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004293
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004294Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4295==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004296
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004297If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4298or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004299provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4300the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004301official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004302
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004303But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4304cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004305the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4306just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004307for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4308select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4309environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4310you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004311
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004312 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004313
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004314or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004315
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004316 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004317
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004318When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4319U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4320setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4321built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4322<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4323location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4324variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004325
4326 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4327 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4328 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4329
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004330With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4331log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4332during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004333
4334
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004335See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004336
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004337
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004338Monitor Commands - Overview:
4339============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004340
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004341go - start application at address 'addr'
4342run - run commands in an environment variable
4343bootm - boot application image from memory
4344bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004345bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004346tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4347 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4348 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004349tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004350rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4351diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4352loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4353loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4354md - memory display
4355mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4356nm - memory modify (constant address)
4357mw - memory write (fill)
4358cp - memory copy
4359cmp - memory compare
4360crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004361i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004362sspi - SPI utility commands
4363base - print or set address offset
4364printenv- print environment variables
4365setenv - set environment variables
4366saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4367protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4368erase - erase FLASH memory
4369flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004370nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004371bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4372iminfo - print header information for application image
4373coninfo - print console devices and informations
4374ide - IDE sub-system
4375loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004376loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004377mtest - simple RAM test
4378icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4379dcache - enable or disable data cache
4380reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4381echo - echo args to console
4382version - print monitor version
4383help - print online help
4384? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004385
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004386
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004387Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4388========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004389
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004390TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004391
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004392For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004393
4394
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004395Environment Variables:
4396======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004397
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004398U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4399can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004400
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004401Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4402"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4403without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4404environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4405working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4406environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004407
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004408Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4409
4410List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004411
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004412 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004413
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004414 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004415
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004416 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004417
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004418 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004419
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004420 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004421
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004422 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4423 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4424 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4425 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4426 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4427 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004428 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4429 bootm_mapsize.
4430
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004431 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004432 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4433 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4434 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4435 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4436 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4437 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004438
4439 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4440 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4441 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4442 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4443 environment variable.
4444
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004445 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4446 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4447 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4448
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004449 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4450 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4451 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4452 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004453
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004454 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4455 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4456 be automatically started (by internally calling
4457 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004458
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004459 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4460 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4461 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4462 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4463 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004464
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004465 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4466 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004467 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4468 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4469 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4470 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4471 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4472 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4473 access it during the boot procedure.
4474
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004475 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4476 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4477 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4478 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4479 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4480 must be accessible by the kernel.
4481
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004482 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4483 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4484 defined.
4485
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004486 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4487 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4488 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4489 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4490 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4491
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004492 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4493 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4494 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4495 is usually what you want since it allows for
4496 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4497 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004498 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004499 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4500 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4501 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4502 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004503
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004504 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4505 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4506 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4507 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4508 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4509 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004510
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004511 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004512
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004513 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4514 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4515 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4516 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4517 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4518 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4519 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004520
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004521 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004522
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004523 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4524 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004525
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004526 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004527
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004528 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004529
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004530 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004532 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004533
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004534 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004535
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004536 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004537
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004538 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4539 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004540
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004541 => setenv ethact FEC
4542 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4543 => setenv ethact SCC
4544 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004545
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004546 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4547 available network interfaces.
4548 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4549
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004550 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004551 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4552 When set to "once" the network operation will
4553 fail when all the available network interfaces
4554 are tried once without success.
4555 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4556 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004557
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004558 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004559
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004560 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004561 UDP source port.
4562
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004563 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4564 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4565
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004566 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4567 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4568
4569 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4570 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4571 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4572 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4573 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4574 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4575 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4576
4577 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004578 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004579 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004580
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004581The following image location variables contain the location of images
4582used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4583not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4584variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4585server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4586loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4587flash or offset in NAND flash.
4588
4589*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4590boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4591boards use these variables for other purposes.
4592
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004593Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4594----- --------- ----------- --------------
4595u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4596Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4597device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4598ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004599
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004600The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4601updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4602depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004603
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004604 bootfile - see above
4605 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4606 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4607 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4608 hostname - Target hostname
4609 ipaddr - see above
4610 netmask - Subnet Mask
4611 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4612 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004613
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004614
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004615There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004616
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004617 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4618 as type string and/or serial number
4619 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004620
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004621These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4622the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4623once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004624
4625
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004626Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004627
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004628 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4629 with the "version" command. This variable is
4630 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004631
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004632
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004633Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4634only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004635
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004636
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004637Callback functions for environment variables:
4638---------------------------------------------
4639
4640For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4641when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4642be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4643deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4644effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4645
4646The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4647U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4648
4649These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4650static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4651in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4652associations. The list must be in the following format:
4653
4654 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4655 list = entry[,list]
4656
4657If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4658Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4659
4660Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4661with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4662override any association in the static list. You can define
4663CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4664".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4665
4666
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004667Command Line Parsing:
4668=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004669
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004670There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4671the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004672
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004673Old, simple command line parser:
4674--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004675
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004676- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4677- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004678- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004679- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4680 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004681 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004682- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4683 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004684
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004685Hush shell:
4686-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004688- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4689 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4690 until...do...done, ...
4691- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4692 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4693 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4694 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004695
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004696General rules:
4697--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004698
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004699(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4700 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4701 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4702 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004703
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004704(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004705 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004706 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4707 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004708
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004709Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4710=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004711
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004712Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004713such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4714"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004715
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004716Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4717MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4718"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004719
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004720If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4721in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4722ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4723variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004724
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004725o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4726 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004728o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4729 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4730 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004731
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004732o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4733 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004734
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004735o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4736 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4737 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004738
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004739o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4740 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004741
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004742If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004743will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004744may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4745The naming convention is as follows:
4746"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004747
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004748Image Formats:
4749==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004750
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004751U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4752images in two formats:
4753
4754New uImage format (FIT)
4755-----------------------
4756
4757Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4758to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4759components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4760SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4761
4762
4763Old uImage format
4764-----------------
4765
4766Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4767preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4768details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004769
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004770* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4771 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004772 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4773 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4774 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004775* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004776 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4777 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004778* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4779* Load Address
4780* Entry Point
4781* Image Name
4782* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004783
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004784The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4785and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4786CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004787
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004788
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004789Linux Support:
4790==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004791
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004792Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4793easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4794U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004795
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004796U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4797special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4798"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4799instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4800serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004801
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004802- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4803 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4804 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004805
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004806- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4807 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004809- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4810 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4811 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4812 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4813 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4814 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004815
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004816
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004817Linux HOWTO:
4818============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004819
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004820Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4821---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004822
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004823U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4824configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4825(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4826Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004827
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004828But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004829
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004830Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4831include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004832Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4833and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004834as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004835
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004836
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004837Configuring the Linux kernel:
4838-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004839
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004840No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4841device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004842
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004843
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004844Building a Linux Image:
4845-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004846
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004847With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4848not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4849"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4850U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4851which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4852100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004853
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004854Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004855
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004856 make TQM850L_config
4857 make oldconfig
4858 make dep
4859 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004860
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004861The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4862encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4863CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004864
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004865* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004866
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004867* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004868
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004869 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4870 -R .note -R .comment \
4871 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004872
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004873* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004874
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004875 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004876
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004877* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004878
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004879 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4880 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4881 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004882
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004883
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004884The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4885with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4886combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4887byte header containing information about target architecture,
4888operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4889stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004890
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004891"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4892print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004893
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004894In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4895contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4896checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004897
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004898 tools/mkimage -l image
4899 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004900
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004901The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4902from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004903
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004904 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4905 -n name -d data_file image
4906 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4907 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4908 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4909 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4910 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4911 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4912 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4913 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004914
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004915Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4916address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4917kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004918
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004919- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4920- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004921
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004922So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004923
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004924 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4925 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004926 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004927 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4928 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4929 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4930 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4931 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4932 Load Address: 0x00000000
4933 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004934
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004935To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004936
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004937 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4938 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4939 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4940 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4941 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4942 Load Address: 0x00000000
4943 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004944
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004945NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4946speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4947needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4948need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004949
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004950 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004951 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4952 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004953 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004954 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4955 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4956 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4957 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4958 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4959 Load Address: 0x00000000
4960 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004961
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004962
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004963Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4964when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004965
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004966 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4967 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4968 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4969 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4970 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4971 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4972 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4973 Load Address: 0x00000000
4974 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004975
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004976
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004977Installing a Linux Image:
4978-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004979
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004980To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4981you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004982
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004983 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004984
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004985The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4986image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4987address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4988specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4989command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004990
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004991Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4992TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004993
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004994 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004995
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004996 .......... done
4997 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004998
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004999 => loads 40100000
5000 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5001 ~>examples/image.srec
5002 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5003 ...
5004 15989 15990 15991 15992
5005 [file transfer complete]
5006 [connected]
5007 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005008
5009
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005010You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005011this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005012corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005013
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005014 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005015
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005016 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5017 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5018 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5019 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5020 Load Address: 00000000
5021 Entry Point: 0000000c
5022 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005023
5024
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005025Boot Linux:
5026-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005027
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005028The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5029memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5030of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5031parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5032"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005033
5034
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005035 => printenv bootargs
5036 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005037
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005038 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005039
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005040 => printenv bootargs
5041 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005042
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005043 => bootm 40020000
5044 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5045 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5046 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5047 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5048 Load Address: 00000000
5049 Entry Point: 0000000c
5050 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5051 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5052 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5053 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5054 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5055 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5056 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5057 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005058
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005059If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005060the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5061format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005062
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005063 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005064
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005065 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5066 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5067 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5068 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5069 Load Address: 00000000
5070 Entry Point: 0000000c
5071 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005072
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005073 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5074 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5075 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5076 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5077 Load Address: 00000000
5078 Entry Point: 00000000
5079 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005080
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005081 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5082 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5083 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5084 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5085 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5086 Load Address: 00000000
5087 Entry Point: 0000000c
5088 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5089 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5090 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5091 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5092 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5093 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5094 Load Address: 00000000
5095 Entry Point: 00000000
5096 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5097 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5098 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5099 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5100 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5101 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5102 ...
5103 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5104 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005105
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005106 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005107
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005108Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5109-----------
5110
5111First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5112titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5113following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5114flat device tree:
5115
5116=> print oftaddr
5117oftaddr=0x300000
5118=> print oft
5119oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5120=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5121Speed: 1000, full duplex
5122Using TSEC0 device
5123TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5124Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5125Load address: 0x300000
5126Loading: #
5127done
5128Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5129=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5130Speed: 1000, full duplex
5131Using TSEC0 device
5132TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5133Filename 'uImage'.
5134Load address: 0x200000
5135Loading:############
5136done
5137Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5138=> print loadaddr
5139loadaddr=200000
5140=> print oftaddr
5141oftaddr=0x300000
5142=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5143## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005144 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5145 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5146 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005147 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005148 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005149 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5150 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5151Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5152Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5153Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5154[snip]
5155
5156
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005157More About U-Boot Image Types:
5158------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005159
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005160U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005161
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005162 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5163 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5164 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5165 the Standalone Program.
5166 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5167 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5168 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5169 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5170 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5171 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5172 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5173 being started.
5174 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5175 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5176 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5177 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5178 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5179 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005180
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005181 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5182 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5183 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5184 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5185 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5186 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005187
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005188 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5189 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5190 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005191
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005192 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5193 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5194 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5195 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005196
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005197Booting the Linux zImage:
5198-------------------------
5199
5200On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5201using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5202as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5203
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005204Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005205kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5206address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5207format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5208
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005209
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005210Standalone HOWTO:
5211=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005213One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5214run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5215U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005216
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005217Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005218
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005219"Hello World" Demo:
5220-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005221
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005222'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5223application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5224It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5225like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005226
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005227 => loads
5228 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5229 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5230 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5231 [file transfer complete]
5232 [connected]
5233 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005234
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005235 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5236 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5237 Hello World
5238 argc = 7
5239 argv[0] = "40004"
5240 argv[1] = "Hello"
5241 argv[2] = "World!"
5242 argv[3] = "This"
5243 argv[4] = "is"
5244 argv[5] = "a"
5245 argv[6] = "test."
5246 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5247 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005248
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005249 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005250
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005251Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5252handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5253Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5254The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5255character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5256controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005257
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005258 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5259 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5260 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5261 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005262
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005263 => loads
5264 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5265 ~>examples/timer.srec
5266 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5267 [file transfer complete]
5268 [connected]
5269 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005271 => go 40004
5272 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5273 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5274 Using timer 1
5275 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005276
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005277Hit 'b':
5278 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5279 Enabling timer
5280Hit '?':
5281 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5282 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5283Hit '?':
5284 [q, b, e, ?] .
5285 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5286Hit '?':
5287 [q, b, e, ?] .
5288 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5289Hit '?':
5290 [q, b, e, ?] .
5291 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5292Hit 'e':
5293 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5294Hit 'q':
5295 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005296
5297
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005298Minicom warning:
5299================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005300
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005301Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5302"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5303consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5304Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5305especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005306use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5307http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5308for help with kermit.
5309
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005310
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005311Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5312configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005313
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005314 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5315 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5316 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005317
5318
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005319NetBSD Notes:
5320=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005321
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005322Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5323(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005324
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005325Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5326NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5327need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5328Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5329attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5330missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005331
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005332 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5333 # mkdir powerpc
5334 # ln -s powerpc machine
5335 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5336 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005337
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005338Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5339and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005340
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005341Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5342stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5343proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5344tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005345meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005346
5347
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005348Implementation Internals:
5349=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005350
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005351The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5352implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5353inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5354hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005355
5356
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005357Initial Stack, Global Data:
5358---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005359
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005360The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5361starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5362system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5363This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5364is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5365at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5366options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5367models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5368MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5369locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005370
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005371 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005372 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005373
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005374 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5375 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5376 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5377 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005378
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005379 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5380 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5381 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5382 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5383 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005384 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005385 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5386 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005387
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005388 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5389 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005390 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005391 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5392 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5393 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5394 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005395
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005396 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005397 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5398 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005399 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005400 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5401 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5402 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5403 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5404 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005405
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005406 -Chris Hallinan
5407 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005408
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005409It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5410code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005411
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005412* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5413 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005414
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005415* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005416 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5417 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005418
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005419* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5420 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005421
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005422Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5423normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5424turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5425simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5426functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5427functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5428the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5429place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5430reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005431
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005432When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5433relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5434GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005435
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005436For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5437 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005438 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005439 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5440 R5-R10: parameter passing
5441 R13: small data area pointer
5442 R30: GOT pointer
5443 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005444
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005445 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5446 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5447 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005448
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005449 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005450
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005451 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5452 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5453 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5454 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5455 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5456 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005457
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005458On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005459 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5460
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005461 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005462
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005463On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005464
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005465 R0: function argument word/integer result
5466 R1-R3: function argument word
5467 R9: GOT pointer
5468 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
5469 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5470 R12: temporary workspace
5471 R13: stack pointer
5472 R14: link register
5473 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005474
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005475 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005476
Thomas Chou0df01fd32010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005477On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5478 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5479
5480 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5481
5482 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5483 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5484
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005485On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5486
5487 R0-R1: argument/return
5488 R2-R5: argument
5489 R15: temporary register for assembler
5490 R16: trampoline register
5491 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5492 R29: global pointer (GP)
5493 R30: link register (LP)
5494 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5495 PC: program counter (PC)
5496
5497 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5498
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005499NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5500or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005501
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005502Memory Management:
5503------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005504
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005505U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5506MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005507
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005508The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5509controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5510memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5511physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005512
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005513U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5514TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5515booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5516to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005517memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005518configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5519Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005520
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005521Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5522of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005523
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005524So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5525this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005526
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005527 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5528 :
5529 0x0000 1FFF
5530 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5531 :
5532 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005533
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005534 :
5535 :
5536 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5537 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5538 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5539 :
5540 0x00FD FFFF
5541 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5542 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5543 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5544 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005545
5546
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005547System Initialization:
5548----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005549
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005550In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005551(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005552configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5553To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5554To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5555initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5556which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5557part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5558the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005559
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005560Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5561preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5562(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5563on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5564programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5565simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5566banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005567
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005568When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5569different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5570bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
55710x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5572contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005573
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005574Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5575and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5576Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5577pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005578
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005579Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5580until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5581running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5582new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005583
5584
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005585U-Boot Porting Guide:
5586----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005587
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005588[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5589list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005590
5591
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005592int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005593{
5594 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005595
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005596 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5597 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005598
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005599 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005600 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005601 return 0;
5602 }
5603
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005604 Download latest U-Boot source;
5605
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005606 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005607
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005608 if (clueless)
5609 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005610
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005611 while (learning) {
5612 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005613 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5614 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005615 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005616 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005617 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005618
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005619 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5620 Buy a BDI3000;
5621 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005622 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005623
5624 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5625 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5626 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5627 } else {
5628 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5629 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005630 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005631 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5632 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005633
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005634 while (!accepted) {
5635 while (!running) {
5636 do {
5637 Add / modify source code;
5638 } until (compiles);
5639 Debug;
5640 if (clueless)
5641 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5642 }
5643 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5644 if (reasonable critiques)
5645 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5646 else
5647 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005648 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005649
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005650 return 0;
5651}
5652
5653void no_more_time (int sig)
5654{
5655 hire_a_guru();
5656}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005657
5658
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005659Coding Standards:
5660-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005661
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005662All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005663coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005664"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005665
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005666Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5667MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5668reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5669sources.
5670
5671Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5672Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5673in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005674
5675Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5676- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005677- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005678- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005679- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005680- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5681
5682Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5683with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005684
5685
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005686Submitting Patches:
5687-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005688
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005689Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5690establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5691may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005692
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005693Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005694
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005695Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5696see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5697
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005698When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5699it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005700
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005701* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5702 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5703 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005704
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005705* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5706 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005707
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005708* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5709
5710* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5711
5712* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005713 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005714
5715* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5716 document these in the README file.
5717
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005718* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5719 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005720 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005721 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5722 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005723
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005724 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5725 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5726 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005727
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005728 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5729 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5730 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5731 affected files).
5732
5733 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5734 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005735
5736* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5737 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5738
5739* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5740 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5741
5742
5743Notes:
5744
5745* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5746 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5747 for any of the boards.
5748
5749* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5750 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5751 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5752
5753* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5754 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5755 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5756 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5757 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5758 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005759
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005760* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5761 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5762 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5763 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.